1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
8 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
22 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
26 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
27 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
59 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
66 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
67 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
70 #include "character.h"
73 #include "dispextern.h"
75 #include "termhooks.h"
78 #include "emacs-icon.h"
83 #include "intervals.h"
89 #include "xsettings.h"
91 #include "sysselect.h"
94 #include <X11/Shell.h>
97 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
109 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
110 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
113 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
115 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
119 #if !defined(NO_EDITRES)
121 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
122 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
124 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
126 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
127 #if defined USE_MOTIF
128 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
129 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
130 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
134 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
135 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
136 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
137 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
138 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
139 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
141 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
142 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
143 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
144 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
146 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
150 #ifndef XtNinitialState
151 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
155 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
159 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
164 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
166 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
168 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
171 static int any_help_event_p
;
173 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
174 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
176 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
178 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
180 /* Non-zero means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line. */
182 int x_underline_at_descent_line
;
184 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
187 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
189 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
190 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
191 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
192 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
194 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
196 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
197 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
198 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
199 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
201 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
203 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
205 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
207 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
212 } pending_event_wait
;
215 /* The application context for Xt use. */
216 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
217 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
218 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
220 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
222 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
224 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
225 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
227 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
229 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
230 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
231 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
233 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
237 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
238 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
239 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
240 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
242 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
244 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
245 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
246 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
247 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
248 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
249 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
250 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
251 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
252 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
255 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
257 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
258 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
259 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
261 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
263 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
264 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
267 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
268 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
271 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
273 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
274 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
275 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
276 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
277 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
278 it's somewhat accurate. */
280 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
282 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
284 static Time last_user_time
;
286 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
290 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
292 static int input_signal_count
;
295 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
297 static int x_noop_count
;
299 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
301 extern char **initial_argv
;
302 extern int initial_argc
;
304 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
306 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
308 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
310 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
314 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
316 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
318 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
320 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
321 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
322 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
324 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
325 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
328 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
329 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
331 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
332 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
335 /* Used in x_flush. */
337 extern Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay
;
339 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
340 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
342 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
343 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
344 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
345 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
347 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
348 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
349 void x_delete_terminal
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
350 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
351 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
352 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
353 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
354 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
355 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
356 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
357 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
358 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
359 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
360 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
361 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
362 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
363 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
364 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
365 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
366 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
368 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
369 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
370 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
371 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
372 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
373 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
374 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
375 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
376 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
378 static void x_handle_net_wm_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*));
379 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
380 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int));
381 static void x_sync_with_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
382 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
383 int *, struct input_event
*));
384 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
385 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
386 static SIGTYPE x_connection_closed
P_ ((Display
*, char *));
389 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
395 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
396 connection may be broken. */
397 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
403 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
404 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
405 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
406 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
408 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
409 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
414 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
415 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
416 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
417 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
418 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
421 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
424 /***********************************************************************
426 ***********************************************************************/
430 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
431 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
439 struct record event_record
[100];
441 int event_record_index
;
443 record_event (locus
, type
)
447 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
448 event_record_index
= 0;
450 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
451 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
452 event_record_index
++;
459 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
461 struct x_display_info
*
462 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
465 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
467 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
468 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
474 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
475 #define OPACITY "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY"
478 x_set_frame_alpha (f
)
481 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
482 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
483 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
485 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
488 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
!= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
)
489 /* Since the WM decoration lies under the FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW,
490 we must treat the former instead of the latter. */
491 win
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT(f
)->parent_desc
;
493 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
498 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
499 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
500 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
501 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
505 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
507 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
510 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
512 /* return unless necessary */
517 unsigned long n
, left
;
519 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
520 rc
= XGetWindowProperty(dpy
, win
, XInternAtom(dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
521 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
522 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
525 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
526 if (*(unsigned long *)data
== opac
)
528 XFree ((void *) data
);
533 XFree ((void *) data
);
537 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
538 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, XInternAtom (dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
539 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
540 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
545 x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
)
546 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
548 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
552 x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
)
553 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
555 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
559 /***********************************************************************
560 Starting and ending an update
561 ***********************************************************************/
563 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
564 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
565 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
566 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
567 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
577 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
578 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
582 x_update_window_begin (w
)
585 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
586 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
589 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
593 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
595 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
596 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
598 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
600 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
601 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
608 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
611 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
615 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
618 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
620 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
623 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
624 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
627 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
629 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
630 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
632 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
633 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
634 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
636 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
637 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
641 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
643 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
645 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
647 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
652 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
654 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
656 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
657 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
662 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
663 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
664 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
666 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
667 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
668 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
671 updated_window
= NULL
;
675 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
682 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
683 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
687 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
693 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
694 complete update has been performed. The global variable
695 updated_window is not available here. */
698 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
703 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
705 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
706 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
709 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
710 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
711 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
712 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
713 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
720 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
721 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
722 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
723 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
724 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
725 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
728 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
729 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
731 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
737 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
738 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
740 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
741 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
742 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
743 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
744 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
745 overhead is very small. */
746 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
747 && desired_row
->full_width_p
748 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
749 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
751 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
754 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
756 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
757 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
758 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
762 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
763 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
764 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
765 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
766 y
, width
, height
, False
);
772 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
774 struct glyph_row
*row
;
775 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
777 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
778 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
779 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
780 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
781 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
784 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
785 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
788 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
791 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
792 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
793 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
794 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
796 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
799 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
803 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
805 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
806 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
807 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
808 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
810 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
812 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
814 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
815 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
816 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
817 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
818 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
819 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
820 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
821 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
823 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
827 int left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
828 int width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
829 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
833 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
834 if (left
+ width
== p
->x
)
835 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
836 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== left
)
840 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
842 nx
= width
- sb_width
;
843 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
845 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
850 if (left
+ width
== bx
)
852 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
853 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
855 else if (bx
+ nx
== left
)
856 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
861 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
862 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
865 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
871 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
872 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
876 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
878 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
880 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
882 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
884 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
885 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
887 face
->background
, depth
);
891 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
892 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
895 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
896 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
897 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
898 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
901 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
902 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
903 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
907 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
908 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
909 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
913 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
918 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
919 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
920 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
924 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
928 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
929 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
932 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
937 /***********************************************************************
939 ***********************************************************************/
943 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
944 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
945 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
947 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
948 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
949 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
950 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
951 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
952 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
953 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
954 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
955 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
956 unsigned long *, double, int));
957 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
958 double, int, unsigned long));
959 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
960 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
961 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
962 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
963 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
964 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
966 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
967 int, int, int, int, int, int,
969 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
970 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
973 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct font
*));
977 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
982 struct glyph_string
*s
;
984 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
985 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
986 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
988 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
991 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
995 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
996 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
998 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
999 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1000 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1001 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1002 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1003 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1004 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1006 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1007 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1008 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1010 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1011 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1014 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1015 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1016 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1018 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1019 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1022 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1023 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1025 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1030 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1033 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1034 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1039 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1040 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1041 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1043 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1045 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1046 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1048 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1049 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1050 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1052 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1053 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1056 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1061 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1062 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1063 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1064 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1066 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1067 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1070 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1071 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1073 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1076 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1080 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1081 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1082 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1085 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1086 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1088 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1092 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1093 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1097 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1098 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1100 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1102 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1104 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1105 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1107 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1109 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1110 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1112 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1114 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1117 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1119 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1120 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1122 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1123 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1125 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1126 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1130 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1131 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1134 /* GC must have been set. */
1135 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1139 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1140 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1143 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1144 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1146 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1147 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1150 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1155 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1156 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1160 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (src
, dst
)
1161 struct glyph_string
*src
, *dst
;
1166 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1168 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1171 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1176 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1179 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1180 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1183 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1184 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1186 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1188 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1190 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1191 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1194 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1195 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1196 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1200 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1202 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1204 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1205 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1206 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1210 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1211 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1216 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1219 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1220 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1224 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1225 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1226 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1227 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1231 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1232 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1233 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1234 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1235 contains the first component of a composition. */
1238 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1239 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1242 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1243 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1244 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1246 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1250 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1251 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1252 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1253 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1254 s
->background_width
,
1255 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1256 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1257 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1259 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1260 || s
->font_not_found_p
1261 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1264 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1265 s
->background_width
,
1266 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1267 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1273 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1276 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1277 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1281 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1282 of S to the right of that box line. */
1283 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1284 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1285 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1289 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1291 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1293 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1295 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1296 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1297 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1299 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1304 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1305 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1308 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1309 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1311 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1313 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1314 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1316 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1317 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1318 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1322 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1325 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1326 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1329 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1331 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1332 of S to the right of that box line. */
1333 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1334 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1335 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1339 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1340 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1341 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1342 this composition. */
1344 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1345 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1346 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1348 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1349 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1350 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1352 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1356 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1357 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1359 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1360 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1362 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1363 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1364 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1369 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1374 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1376 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1377 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1378 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1381 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1385 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1388 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1389 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1390 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1391 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1398 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1403 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1405 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1406 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1407 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1408 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1409 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1412 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1413 cannot be determined. */
1415 static struct frame
*
1416 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1419 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1423 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1425 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1426 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1427 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1428 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1429 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1430 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1432 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1433 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1434 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1435 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1436 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1438 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1439 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1440 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1447 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1448 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1449 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1450 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1453 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1458 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1459 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1463 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1464 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1465 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1466 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1467 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1468 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1471 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1475 unsigned long *pixel
;
1479 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1480 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1484 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1485 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1487 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1489 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1491 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1496 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1497 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1499 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1502 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1504 DPY is the display we are working on.
1506 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1507 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1508 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1509 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1511 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1512 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1514 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1515 we allocated the color or not.
1517 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1520 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1524 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1525 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1535 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1536 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1538 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1542 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1543 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1544 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1546 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1548 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1549 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1551 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1553 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1554 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1556 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1557 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1559 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1560 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1565 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1567 params
[0] = color_name
;
1568 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1569 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1570 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1575 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1577 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1579 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1583 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1587 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1588 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1591 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1596 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1597 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1598 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1600 APP is the application context in which we work.
1602 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1603 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1604 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1606 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1609 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1618 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1620 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1623 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1625 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1626 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1627 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1628 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1629 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1634 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1637 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1638 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1639 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1640 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1642 static const XColor
*
1643 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1647 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1649 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1651 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1654 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1655 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1656 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1657 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1658 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1660 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1661 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1663 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1664 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1667 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1668 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1672 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1673 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1676 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1681 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1683 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1686 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1688 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1689 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1690 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1691 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1695 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1699 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1700 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1703 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1707 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1711 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1712 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1713 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1717 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1724 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1727 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1728 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1729 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1730 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1732 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1734 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1736 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1738 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1739 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1740 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1741 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1743 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1746 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1750 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1751 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1752 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1753 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1757 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1758 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1759 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1760 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1761 XColor
*cached_color
;
1763 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1764 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1765 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1766 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1767 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1769 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1770 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1771 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1775 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1777 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1778 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1784 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1785 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1786 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1790 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1795 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1796 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1800 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1801 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1802 get color reference counts right. */
1805 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1807 unsigned long pixel
;
1811 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1813 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1814 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1816 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1817 register_color (pixel
);
1823 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1824 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1825 get color reference counts right. */
1828 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1831 unsigned long pixel
;
1835 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1837 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1838 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1840 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1841 register_color (pixel
);
1847 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1850 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1851 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1852 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1853 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1854 use an additional additive factor.
1856 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1857 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1858 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1861 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1862 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1863 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1864 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1865 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1866 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1869 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1873 unsigned long *pixel
;
1881 /* Get RGB color values. */
1882 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1883 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1885 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1886 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1887 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1888 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1889 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1891 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1892 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1894 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1895 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1896 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1897 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1898 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1900 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1901 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1902 /* The additive adjustment. */
1903 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1907 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1908 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1909 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1913 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1914 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1915 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1919 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1920 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1923 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1925 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1926 delta to the RGB values. */
1927 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1929 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1930 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1931 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1932 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1943 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1944 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1945 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1946 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1947 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1948 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1951 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1953 struct relief
*relief
;
1956 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1959 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1960 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1961 unsigned long pixel
;
1962 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1963 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1964 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1965 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1967 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1968 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1970 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1971 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1972 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1974 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1976 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1977 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1980 /* Allocate new color. */
1981 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1983 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1984 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1986 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1987 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1990 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1992 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1994 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1997 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2001 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
2004 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
2005 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2007 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
2008 unsigned long color
;
2010 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
2011 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
2012 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
2014 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
2015 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2020 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2021 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2022 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2025 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2026 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2028 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2029 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2030 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2031 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2032 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2037 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2038 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2039 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2040 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2041 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2042 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2046 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2047 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2049 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2050 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2051 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2053 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2054 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2059 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2061 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2062 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2066 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2067 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2068 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2069 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2073 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2074 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2075 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2077 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2079 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2081 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2082 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2086 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2087 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2088 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2089 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2093 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2094 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2095 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2097 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2101 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2102 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2103 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2104 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2105 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2106 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2109 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2110 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2111 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2112 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2113 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2117 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2118 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2119 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2122 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2123 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2127 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2128 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2131 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2132 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2136 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2137 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2139 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2140 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2144 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2147 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2148 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2150 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2151 int left_p
, right_p
;
2152 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2153 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2155 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2156 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2157 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2159 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2160 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2162 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2164 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2165 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2167 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2169 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2171 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2173 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2174 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2176 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2177 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2178 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2180 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2182 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2184 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2185 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2186 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2189 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2190 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2191 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2196 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2199 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2200 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2203 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2205 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2206 right of that line. */
2207 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2208 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2210 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2212 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2214 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2215 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2216 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2217 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2223 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2224 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2225 trust on the shape extension to be available
2226 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2228 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2231 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2233 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2234 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2235 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2236 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2237 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2239 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2242 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2243 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2244 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2245 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2246 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2247 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2251 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2253 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2256 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2257 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2258 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2259 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2260 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2261 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2263 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2264 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2265 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2266 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2267 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2268 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2269 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2271 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2273 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2275 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2276 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2281 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2282 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2283 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2287 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2290 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2291 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2293 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2296 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2298 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2299 right of that line. */
2300 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2301 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2303 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2305 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2307 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2308 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2309 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2310 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2312 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2313 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2315 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2316 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2320 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2321 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2326 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2327 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2329 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2330 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2331 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2333 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2335 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2340 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2343 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2344 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2348 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2350 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2351 right of that line. */
2352 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2353 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2355 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2357 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2359 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2360 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2361 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2362 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2368 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2369 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2370 trust on the shape extension to be available
2371 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2373 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2377 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2378 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2379 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2380 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2381 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2383 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2384 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2385 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2386 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2390 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2391 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2392 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2394 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2395 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2396 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2397 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2398 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2399 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2400 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2402 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2404 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2405 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2406 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2411 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2412 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2413 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2417 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2418 give the rectangle to draw. */
2421 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2422 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2427 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2428 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2429 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2430 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2433 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2437 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2440 s->x +-------------------------
2443 | +-------------------------
2446 | | +-------------------
2452 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2453 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2455 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2456 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2458 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2461 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2462 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2463 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2464 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2466 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2467 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2469 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2470 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2474 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2475 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2479 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2480 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2481 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2482 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2483 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2485 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2486 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2487 s
->background_width
,
2490 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2492 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2494 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2497 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2498 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2499 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2500 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2501 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2502 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2503 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2508 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2510 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2511 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2512 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2513 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2521 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2523 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2525 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2526 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2528 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2531 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2534 /* Draw the foreground. */
2537 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2538 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2539 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2540 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2541 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2544 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2546 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2548 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2549 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2550 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2554 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2557 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2558 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2560 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2562 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2563 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2565 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2566 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2567 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2568 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2572 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2575 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2578 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2580 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2581 if (width
< background_width
)
2584 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2589 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2590 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2592 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2598 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2599 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2601 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2603 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2604 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2605 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2606 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2611 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2612 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2613 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2614 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2618 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2620 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2621 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2623 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2624 except for header line and mode line. */
2625 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2627 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2630 if (background_width
> 0)
2631 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2634 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2638 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2641 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2642 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2644 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2646 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2647 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2648 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2649 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2652 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2654 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2655 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2656 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2657 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2659 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2660 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2661 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2662 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2664 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2665 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2669 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2670 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2672 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2673 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2674 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2675 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2676 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2677 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2680 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2681 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2682 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2683 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2686 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2688 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2689 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2690 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2691 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2692 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2693 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2695 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2697 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2700 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2704 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2708 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2709 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2711 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2712 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2715 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2716 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2717 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2718 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2720 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2721 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2728 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2730 /* Draw underline. */
2731 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2733 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2736 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2738 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2739 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2740 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2744 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2745 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2746 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2749 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2750 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2753 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2754 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2755 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2756 specs, and its default is
2758 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2759 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2761 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2762 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2763 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2765 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2767 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2769 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2771 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2772 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2773 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2774 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2775 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2776 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2777 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2778 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2779 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2780 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2781 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2782 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2786 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2787 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2788 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2789 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2790 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2794 /* Draw overline. */
2795 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2797 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2799 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2800 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2805 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2806 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2807 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2809 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2813 /* Draw strike-through. */
2814 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2816 unsigned long h
= 1;
2817 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2819 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2820 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2825 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2826 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2827 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2829 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2833 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2834 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2835 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2839 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2841 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2842 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2843 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2845 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2846 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2847 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2850 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2851 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2852 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2853 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2855 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2856 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2858 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2864 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2866 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2867 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2868 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2870 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2871 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2872 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2875 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2876 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2877 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2878 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2880 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2881 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2883 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2888 /* Reset clipping. */
2889 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2893 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2896 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2898 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2900 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2901 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2902 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2906 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2910 x_delete_glyphs (f
, n
)
2918 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2919 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2922 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2929 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2930 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2934 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2937 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2939 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2941 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2942 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2943 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2945 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2946 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2948 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2950 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2951 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2952 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2954 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2961 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2963 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2964 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2966 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2969 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2970 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2973 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2974 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2976 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2977 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2978 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2980 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2981 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2985 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2987 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2988 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2992 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2994 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2995 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2997 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2999 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
3011 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3012 pixels into background pixels. */
3016 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3017 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3018 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3020 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3021 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3025 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3026 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3027 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3028 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3029 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3030 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3031 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3035 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3036 edge it is next to. */
3037 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3039 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3040 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3043 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3044 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3051 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3053 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3054 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3056 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3058 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3059 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3060 width
, flash_height
);
3061 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3063 (height
- flash_height
3064 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3065 width
, flash_height
);
3068 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3069 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3070 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3071 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3076 struct timeval wakeup
;
3078 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3080 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3081 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3082 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3083 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3085 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3087 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3089 struct timeval current
;
3090 struct timeval timeout
;
3092 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3094 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3095 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3098 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3100 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3102 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3103 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3107 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3108 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3110 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3112 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3113 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3114 width
, flash_height
);
3115 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3117 (height
- flash_height
3118 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3119 width
, flash_height
);
3122 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3123 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3124 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3125 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3127 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3135 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3139 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (f
, invisible
)
3146 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3147 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3148 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3151 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3152 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3153 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3158 /* Make audible bell. */
3163 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3165 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3167 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3174 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3175 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3182 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3183 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3184 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3185 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3188 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3191 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3196 /***********************************************************************
3198 ***********************************************************************/
3200 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3201 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3204 x_ins_del_lines (f
, vpos
, n
)
3212 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3215 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3219 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3220 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3222 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3223 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3225 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3227 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3228 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3229 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3233 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3234 line at the bottom. */
3235 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3236 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3238 height
= run
->height
;
3242 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3244 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3245 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3247 height
= run
->height
;
3252 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3256 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3257 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3258 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3268 /***********************************************************************
3270 ***********************************************************************/
3277 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3278 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3279 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3280 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3282 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3283 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3285 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3286 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3290 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3293 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3294 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3295 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3296 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3298 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3299 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3301 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3302 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3305 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3306 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3307 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3308 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3309 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3312 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3313 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3314 struct frame
*frame
;
3316 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3318 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3320 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3321 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3322 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3324 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3325 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3327 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3328 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3330 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3333 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3336 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3337 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3338 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3341 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3344 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3345 struct frame
*frame
;
3346 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3348 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3350 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3352 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3353 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3355 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3356 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3357 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3358 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3359 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3361 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3362 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3366 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3369 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3370 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3373 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3375 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3377 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3379 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3380 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3384 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3385 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3387 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3388 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3392 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3393 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3395 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3398 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3399 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3401 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3403 struct frame
*frame
;
3405 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3409 switch (event
->type
)
3414 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3416 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3418 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3419 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3420 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3421 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3423 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3429 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3430 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3431 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3432 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3436 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3438 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3439 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3440 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3447 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3450 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3451 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3453 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3456 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3457 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3458 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3460 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3461 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3462 the appropriate X display info. */
3465 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3466 struct frame
*frame
;
3468 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3472 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3473 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3475 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3477 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3479 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3480 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3481 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3482 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3483 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3485 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3486 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3490 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3492 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3495 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3496 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3497 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3503 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3505 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3507 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3508 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3510 int min_code
, max_code
;
3513 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3515 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3516 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3517 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3518 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3519 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3521 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3523 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3524 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3526 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3528 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3529 Alt keysyms are on. */
3531 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3532 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3534 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3536 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3537 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3539 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3541 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3545 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3549 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3551 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3557 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3558 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3563 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3564 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3569 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3570 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3571 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3572 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3577 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3578 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3579 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3580 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3584 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3585 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3586 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3587 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3588 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3597 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3598 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3600 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3601 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3604 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3605 make them just meta, not alt. */
3606 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3608 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3611 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3612 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3615 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3619 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3620 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3623 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3624 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3625 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3626 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3629 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3630 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3631 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3632 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3633 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3634 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3635 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3636 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3639 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3640 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3641 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3642 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3643 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3644 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3648 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3649 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3652 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3653 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3654 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3655 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3659 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3660 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3661 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3662 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3663 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3664 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3665 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3666 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3669 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3670 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3671 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3672 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3673 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3674 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3677 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3680 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3686 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3694 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3696 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3698 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3702 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3703 struct input_event
*result
;
3704 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3707 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3709 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3710 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3711 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3712 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3714 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3718 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3719 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3720 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3726 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3727 The input handler calls this.
3729 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3730 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3731 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3732 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3734 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3735 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3738 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3740 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3742 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3743 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3744 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3746 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3749 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3751 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3752 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3753 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3754 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3759 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3760 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3761 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3762 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3763 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3764 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3766 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3767 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3768 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3769 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3770 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3771 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3779 /************************************************************************
3781 ************************************************************************/
3784 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3786 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3787 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3788 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3789 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3790 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3795 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3796 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3798 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3799 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3800 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3801 position on the scroll bar.
3803 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3804 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3807 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3808 was at this position.
3810 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3812 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3816 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3819 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3820 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3822 unsigned long *time
;
3828 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3829 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3835 Window dummy_window
;
3838 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3840 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3841 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3842 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3843 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3844 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3846 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3848 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3849 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3850 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3852 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3855 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3856 a different screen. */
3859 /* The position on that root window. */
3862 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3865 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3867 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3869 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3870 containing the pointer. */
3874 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3878 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3879 structure is changing at the same time this function
3880 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3882 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3884 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3885 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3887 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3888 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3889 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3891 /* From-window, to-window. */
3892 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3894 /* From-position, to-position. */
3895 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3899 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3905 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3907 /* From-window, to-window. */
3910 /* From-position, to-position. */
3911 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3916 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3919 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3920 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3921 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3922 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3923 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
3931 /* Now we know that:
3932 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3933 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3934 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3935 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3936 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3937 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3938 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3939 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3940 never use them in that case.) */
3943 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3944 want the edit window. */
3945 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3947 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3948 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3951 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3952 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3955 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3956 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3958 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3961 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3964 x_uncatch_errors ();
3966 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3969 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3971 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3975 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3981 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3982 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3986 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3987 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3988 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3989 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3990 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3991 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3992 the frame are divided into. */
3994 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3995 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4000 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4001 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4002 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4012 /***********************************************************************
4014 ***********************************************************************/
4016 /* Scroll bar support. */
4018 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4020 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4023 static struct scroll_bar
*
4024 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
4030 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4031 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4032 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4034 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4036 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4038 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4039 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4040 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4043 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4046 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4048 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4049 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4050 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4051 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4052 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4055 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4056 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4057 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4058 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4065 #if defined USE_LUCID
4067 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4068 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4071 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
4076 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4078 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4080 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4081 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4083 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4091 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4094 /************************************************************************
4096 ************************************************************************/
4098 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4100 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
4101 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
4102 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
4103 struct scroll_bar
*));
4104 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
4108 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4109 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4111 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4113 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4115 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4117 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4118 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4121 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4123 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4125 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4127 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4128 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4129 to avoid jerkyness. */
4131 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4133 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4134 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4135 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4136 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4139 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4142 XtPointer client_data
;
4146 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4152 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4153 end_action
= "Release";
4154 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4155 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4156 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4157 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4160 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4161 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4165 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4166 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4167 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4169 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4171 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4172 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4173 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4175 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4176 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4178 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4179 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4182 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4184 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4185 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4187 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4188 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4191 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4192 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4193 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4194 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4197 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4199 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4202 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4203 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4204 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4209 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4210 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4211 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4212 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4213 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4216 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4217 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4218 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4219 into that array in the event. */
4220 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4221 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4224 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4226 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4227 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4228 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4230 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4232 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4233 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4236 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4237 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4238 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4239 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4240 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4241 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4243 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4244 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4245 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4246 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4249 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4250 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4251 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4252 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4257 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4261 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4263 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4265 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4270 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4271 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4273 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4274 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4276 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4277 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4280 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4282 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4284 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4285 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4286 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4287 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4288 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4294 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4296 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4299 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4300 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4301 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4304 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4306 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4308 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4309 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4310 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4314 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4315 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4316 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4319 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4320 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4321 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4324 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4325 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4326 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4329 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4330 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4331 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4335 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4336 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4339 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4340 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4341 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4348 /* Get the slider size. */
4350 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4353 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4354 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4355 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4356 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4360 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4366 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4367 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4368 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4372 #elif defined USE_GTK
4374 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4375 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4378 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4379 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4383 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4385 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4386 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4387 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4389 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4390 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4395 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4396 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4397 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4398 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4400 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4401 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4402 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4403 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4406 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4407 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4408 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4410 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4411 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4412 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4414 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4415 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4416 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4418 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4419 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4420 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4426 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4427 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4428 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4434 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4437 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4438 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4441 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4442 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4443 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4445 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4446 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4447 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4454 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4456 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4457 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4458 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4462 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4464 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4466 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4467 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4469 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4472 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4474 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4478 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4480 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4481 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4482 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4483 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4484 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4486 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4488 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4490 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4491 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4492 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4493 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4497 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4498 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4499 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4500 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4501 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4502 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4503 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4506 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4508 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4510 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4511 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4512 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4516 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4518 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4521 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4522 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4524 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4525 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4526 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4527 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4529 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4531 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4532 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4533 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4534 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4537 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4539 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4541 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4542 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4546 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4548 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4550 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4553 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4554 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4559 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4562 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4564 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4570 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4571 unsigned long pixel
;
4576 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4577 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4578 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4579 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4580 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4581 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4582 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4583 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4585 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4588 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4592 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4595 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4599 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4600 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4602 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4603 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4605 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4607 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4609 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4611 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4613 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4615 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4618 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4619 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4621 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4622 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4623 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4624 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4626 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4628 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4629 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4630 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4631 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4632 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4633 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4634 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4635 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4637 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4640 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4644 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4647 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4651 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4653 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4654 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4656 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4659 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4660 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4661 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4663 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4666 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4668 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4671 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4672 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4673 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4675 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4679 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4680 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4681 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4682 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4683 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4684 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4686 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4690 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4691 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4692 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4694 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4696 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4699 /* Specify the colors. */
4700 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4703 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4706 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4709 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4715 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4716 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4720 char *val
= initial
;
4721 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4722 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4723 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4725 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4726 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4727 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4728 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4729 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4730 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4734 /* Define callbacks. */
4735 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4736 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4739 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4740 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4742 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4744 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4745 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4746 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4747 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4749 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4750 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4751 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4752 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4756 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4759 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4760 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4764 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4765 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4766 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4768 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4771 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4773 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4774 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4775 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4777 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4778 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4785 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4786 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4787 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4788 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4789 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4790 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4791 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4792 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4793 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4794 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4795 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4796 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4797 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4798 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4805 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4806 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4809 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4813 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4814 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4816 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4817 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4818 size
= max (size
, 1);
4820 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4821 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4822 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4824 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4826 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4832 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4833 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4837 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4839 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4840 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4841 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4845 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4846 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4847 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4850 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4851 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4853 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4854 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4855 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4856 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4858 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4859 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4862 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4863 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4864 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4866 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4870 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4874 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4876 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4880 /************************************************************************
4881 Scroll bars, general
4882 ************************************************************************/
4884 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4885 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4886 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4889 static struct scroll_bar
*
4890 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4892 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4894 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4895 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4896 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4900 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4901 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4902 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4904 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4908 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4909 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4910 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4912 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4913 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4915 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4917 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4919 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4920 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4921 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4922 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4923 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4925 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4927 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4928 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4929 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4931 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4933 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4940 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4942 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4944 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4948 bar
->height
= height
;
4951 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4952 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4954 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4955 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4957 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4958 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4959 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4961 /* Map the window/widget. */
4962 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4965 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4968 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4969 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4971 xg_show_scroll_bar (bar
->x_window
);
4972 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4973 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4974 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4975 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4977 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4978 max (height
, 1), 0);
4979 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4980 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4982 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4983 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
4984 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4991 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4993 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4995 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4996 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4997 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5000 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5001 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5002 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5003 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5004 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5007 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
5008 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5012 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
5013 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5014 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5015 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5017 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5019 && start
== bar
->start
5026 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5027 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5028 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5030 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5031 the distance between start and end. */
5033 int length
= end
- start
;
5037 else if (start
> top_range
)
5039 end
= start
+ length
;
5043 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5047 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5051 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5052 if (end
> top_range
)
5055 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5056 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5057 that many pixels tall. */
5058 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5060 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5061 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5063 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5064 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5065 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5066 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5067 inside_width
, start
,
5070 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5071 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5072 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5073 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5075 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5076 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5077 /* x, y, width, height */
5078 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5079 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5080 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5082 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5083 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5084 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5085 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5087 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5088 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5089 if (end
< inside_height
)
5090 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5091 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5092 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5093 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5094 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5102 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5104 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5108 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
5109 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5111 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5114 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5116 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5117 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5118 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5119 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5121 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5124 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5125 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5131 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5132 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5133 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5137 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
5139 int portion
, whole
, position
;
5141 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5142 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5143 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5144 int window_y
, window_height
;
5145 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5146 int fringe_extended_p
;
5149 /* Get window dimensions. */
5150 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5152 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5153 height
= window_height
;
5155 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5156 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5158 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5159 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5160 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5161 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5165 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5166 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5167 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5168 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5170 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5172 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5173 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5178 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5179 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5180 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5181 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5182 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5183 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5185 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5186 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5187 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5188 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5191 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5192 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5194 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5197 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5198 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5199 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5200 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5203 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5204 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5208 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5212 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5213 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5215 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5219 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5221 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5223 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5225 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5228 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5230 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5231 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5233 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5234 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5235 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5237 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5238 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5239 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5241 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5242 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5245 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5248 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5249 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5251 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5252 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5253 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5255 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5256 max (height
, 1), 0);
5257 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5259 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5261 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5262 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5263 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5265 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5266 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5268 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5269 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5270 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5274 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5275 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5276 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5279 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5280 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5281 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5283 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5284 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5285 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5286 rest
, height
, False
);
5288 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5289 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5293 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5298 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5300 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5302 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5306 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5308 /* Remember new settings. */
5309 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5311 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5312 bar
->height
= height
;
5317 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5318 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5320 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5321 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5322 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5324 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5326 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5329 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5332 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5333 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5334 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5337 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5339 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5343 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5344 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5345 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5346 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5347 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5348 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5349 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5351 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5352 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5353 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5356 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5359 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5360 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5363 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5364 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5365 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5366 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5367 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5368 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5369 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5374 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5375 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5378 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5379 struct window
*window
;
5381 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5384 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5385 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5388 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5390 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5391 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5392 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5394 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5396 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5397 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5399 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5400 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5401 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5403 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5404 one or the other! */
5408 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5410 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5411 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5413 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5415 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5416 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5417 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5420 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5421 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5424 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5427 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5429 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5431 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5432 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5433 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5435 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5437 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5439 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5442 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5445 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5446 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5450 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5451 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5452 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5454 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5458 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5459 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5462 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5463 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5464 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5465 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5469 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5471 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5472 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5473 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5474 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5476 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5477 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5479 /* x, y, width, height */
5481 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5484 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5485 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5486 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5487 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5492 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5494 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5495 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5497 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5502 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5503 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5505 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5507 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5510 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5511 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5512 emacs_event
->modifiers
5513 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5514 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5515 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5516 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5519 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5520 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5521 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5524 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5525 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5528 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5531 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5532 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5533 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5535 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5537 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5538 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5539 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5540 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5542 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5543 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5545 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5546 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5550 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5551 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5555 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5557 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5559 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5563 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5564 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5567 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5569 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5572 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5574 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5575 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5577 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5578 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5580 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5582 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5584 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5589 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5591 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5592 on the scroll bar. */
5595 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5597 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5598 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5600 unsigned long *time
;
5602 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5603 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5604 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5606 Window dummy_window
;
5608 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5612 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5614 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5616 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5617 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5618 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5620 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5623 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5629 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5631 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5633 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5634 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5638 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5642 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5644 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5645 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5646 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5647 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5648 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5649 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5651 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5653 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5654 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5657 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5660 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5666 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5667 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5668 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5672 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5675 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5678 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5679 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5680 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5681 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5682 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5683 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5684 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5685 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5687 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5691 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5693 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5694 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5695 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5696 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5698 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5699 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5701 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5703 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5704 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5706 static int temp_index
;
5707 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5709 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5710 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5712 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5714 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5715 on a particular display. */
5717 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5719 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5720 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5721 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5722 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5724 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5726 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5729 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5730 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5731 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5732 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5733 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5734 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5738 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5739 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5749 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5750 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5751 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5753 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5755 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5759 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5760 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5763 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5764 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5765 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5768 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5769 event
->xclient
.window
);
5771 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5776 static int current_count
;
5777 static int current_finish
;
5778 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5780 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5781 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5782 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5783 static GdkFilterReturn
5784 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5789 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5791 if (current_count
>= 0)
5793 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5795 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5798 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5799 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5800 so we do it here. */
5801 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5802 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5803 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5807 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5811 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5816 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5818 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5819 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5821 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5823 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5826 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5828 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5829 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5830 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5832 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5835 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5836 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5839 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5842 struct input_event ie
;
5843 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5848 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5849 struct coding_system coding
;
5850 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5852 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5854 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5855 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5858 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5859 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5865 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5866 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5867 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5869 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5870 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5872 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5873 could be the shell widget window
5874 if the frame has no title bar. */
5875 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5877 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5878 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5879 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5881 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5882 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5883 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5884 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5885 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5888 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5889 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5890 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5891 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5894 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5895 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5896 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5899 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5900 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5901 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5903 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5904 /* The ICCCM says this is
5905 the only valid choice. */
5907 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5908 /* This is needed to detect the error
5909 if there is an error. */
5911 x_uncatch_errors ();
5913 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5918 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5919 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5921 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5922 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5923 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5924 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5925 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5926 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5927 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5928 session manager and one for this. */
5930 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5933 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5934 event
.xclient
.window
);
5935 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5936 for a single Emacs process. */
5937 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5938 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5939 event
.xclient
.window
,
5940 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5942 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5943 event
.xclient
.window
,
5949 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5950 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5952 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5953 event
.xclient
.window
);
5955 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5957 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5958 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5965 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5966 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5971 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5972 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5975 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5977 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5978 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5982 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5989 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5990 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5992 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5994 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5998 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
6000 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
6001 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
6002 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
6003 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
6005 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
6006 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
6007 currently never do because we are interested in
6008 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
6009 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6010 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6013 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6014 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6018 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6019 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6020 we construct an input_event. */
6021 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6022 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6024 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
6025 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6028 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6030 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6031 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6032 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6034 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6035 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6036 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6038 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6042 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6044 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6047 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6048 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6052 case SelectionNotify
:
6053 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6054 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6055 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6057 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6058 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6061 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6062 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6063 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6064 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6066 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6068 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
6070 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6071 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6072 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6073 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6074 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6078 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6079 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6080 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6081 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6083 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6085 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
6086 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
6088 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6089 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6090 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6091 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6092 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6093 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6094 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6095 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6099 case PropertyNotify
:
6100 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6101 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6102 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6103 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
);
6105 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6106 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6109 case ReparentNotify
:
6110 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6114 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6115 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6119 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6120 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6121 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6126 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6130 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6131 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6132 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6133 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6134 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6137 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6139 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6140 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6141 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6142 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6146 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6147 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6151 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6152 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6154 #if defined USE_LUCID
6155 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6156 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6157 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6160 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6162 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6164 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6166 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6167 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6169 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6170 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6171 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6174 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6175 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6178 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6179 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6183 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6184 source area was obscured or not
6186 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6190 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6191 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6192 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6194 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6197 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6200 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6201 source area was completely
6206 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6207 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6210 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6213 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6214 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6215 the frame was deleted. */
6217 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6218 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6219 display that won't ever be seen. */
6220 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6221 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6222 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6223 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6224 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6225 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6226 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6227 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6229 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6231 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6232 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6238 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6239 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6240 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6243 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6244 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6245 frame is visible. */
6246 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6249 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6250 the frame's display structures.
6251 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6252 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6253 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6254 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6255 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6256 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6258 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6259 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6260 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6261 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6263 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6264 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6265 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6269 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6270 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6272 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6273 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6274 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6275 to update the frame titles
6276 in case this is the second frame. */
6277 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6280 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6287 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6288 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6290 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6291 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6292 if (popup_activated ())
6296 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6298 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6299 mouse highlighting. */
6300 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6302 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6304 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6305 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6308 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6311 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6312 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6313 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6315 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6317 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6318 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6321 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6325 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6326 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6327 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6330 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6331 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6332 status_return even if the input is too long to
6333 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6334 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6335 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6336 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6337 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6338 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6339 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6341 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6345 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6346 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6347 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6349 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6353 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6354 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6355 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6357 /* This will have to go some day... */
6359 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6360 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6361 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6362 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6363 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6364 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6365 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6367 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6368 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6369 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6370 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6371 not it is combined with Meta. */
6372 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6373 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6378 Status status_return
;
6380 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6381 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6382 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6383 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6385 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6387 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6388 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6389 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6390 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6391 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6394 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6395 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6397 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6402 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6403 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6407 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6408 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6411 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6412 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6416 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6417 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6418 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6421 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6422 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6424 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6425 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6427 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6428 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6430 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6431 translations to characters. */
6432 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6433 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6435 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6436 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6440 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6441 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6443 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6444 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6446 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6447 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6451 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6452 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6453 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6457 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6458 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6459 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6460 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6464 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6465 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6466 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6467 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6468 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6469 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6471 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6472 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6474 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6475 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6476 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6477 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6478 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6479 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6481 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6482 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6484 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6485 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6487 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6488 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6490 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6491 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6493 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6494 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6496 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6497 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6499 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6500 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6502 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6503 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6505 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6506 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6508 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6509 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6511 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6512 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6514 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6515 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6517 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6518 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6520 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6521 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6522 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6523 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6524 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6525 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6526 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6527 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6528 don't have real modifiers but
6529 should be treated similarly to
6530 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6531 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6532 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6534 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6535 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6539 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6540 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6542 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6543 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6547 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6552 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6554 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6556 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6559 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6561 /* Decode the input data. */
6565 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6566 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6567 we used just above and the locale. */
6568 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6569 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6570 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6571 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6572 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6573 gives us composition information. */
6574 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6576 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6577 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6578 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6579 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6580 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6581 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6582 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6583 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6586 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6587 character events. */
6588 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6590 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6591 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6593 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6594 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6595 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6596 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6598 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6603 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6605 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6611 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6612 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6620 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6622 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6623 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6631 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6632 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6634 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6636 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6637 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6639 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6640 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6641 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6642 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6644 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6645 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6646 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6647 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6652 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6656 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6657 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6659 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6662 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6664 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6665 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6666 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6667 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6670 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6671 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6672 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6673 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6674 if (any_help_event_p
)
6678 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6679 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6680 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6685 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6690 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6691 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6692 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6694 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6695 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6696 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6698 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6700 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6702 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6703 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6707 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6713 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6714 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6715 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6719 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6720 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6723 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6724 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6725 will be selected only when it is active. */
6726 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6727 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6728 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6729 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6730 create event iff we don't leave the
6732 && (focus_follows_mouse
6733 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6734 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6736 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6737 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6742 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6743 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6747 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6748 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6749 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6750 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6753 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6754 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6756 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6757 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6758 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6761 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6762 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6763 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6764 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6769 case ConfigureNotify
:
6770 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6773 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6774 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6776 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6777 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6783 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6785 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6786 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6788 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6789 is called by the code that handles resizing
6790 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6792 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6793 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6794 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6795 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6796 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6797 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6798 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6800 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6801 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6802 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6805 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6806 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6807 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6811 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6812 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6813 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6814 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6817 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6821 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6822 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6831 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6832 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6835 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6836 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6837 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6839 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6841 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6842 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6844 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6847 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6852 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6853 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6854 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6857 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6858 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6860 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6861 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6863 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6865 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6866 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6867 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6868 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6873 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6874 if (! popup_activated ())
6877 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6879 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6880 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6882 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6883 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6885 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6886 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6889 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6891 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6892 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6893 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6897 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6898 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6899 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6901 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6902 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6904 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6906 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6907 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6909 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6911 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6912 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6915 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6917 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6918 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6921 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6924 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6926 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6927 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6928 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6932 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6933 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6934 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6935 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6936 Instead, save it away
6937 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6938 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6941 ! popup_activated ()
6942 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6943 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6946 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6947 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6948 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6949 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6950 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6951 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6952 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6953 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6955 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6956 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6958 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6961 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6963 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6967 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6968 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6969 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6971 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6973 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6974 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6975 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6980 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6983 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6987 case CirculateNotify
:
6990 case CirculateRequest
:
6993 case VisibilityNotify
:
6997 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6999 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
7001 case MappingModifier
:
7002 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
7003 /* This is meant to fall through. */
7004 case MappingKeyboard
:
7005 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
7010 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
7015 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7017 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7018 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
7020 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7025 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7027 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7032 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7037 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7043 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7044 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7045 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7049 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7050 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7060 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7061 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7062 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7064 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7066 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
7070 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7071 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7073 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7076 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7082 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7083 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7084 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7086 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7087 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7088 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7091 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7094 XTread_socket (terminal
, expected
, hold_quit
)
7095 struct terminal
*terminal
;
7097 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
7101 int event_found
= 0;
7103 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7105 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7107 pending_signals
= 1;
7112 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7114 pending_signals
= pending_atimers
;
7118 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7119 input_signal_count
++;
7124 /* Only check session manager input for the primary display. */
7125 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
7127 struct input_event inev
;
7129 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7130 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7131 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7133 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7140 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7141 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7143 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7144 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7148 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7152 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7155 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7156 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7161 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7162 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7164 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7170 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7171 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7172 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7173 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7175 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7176 from all displays. */
7178 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7180 current_count
= count
;
7181 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7183 gtk_main_iteration ();
7185 count
= current_count
;
7187 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7189 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7192 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7196 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7197 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7200 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7201 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7202 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7204 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7208 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7209 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7211 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7213 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7214 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7218 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7220 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7221 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7223 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7224 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7236 /***********************************************************************
7238 ***********************************************************************/
7240 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7241 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7243 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7244 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7245 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7248 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7250 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7254 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7255 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7256 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7258 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7260 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7261 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7262 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7263 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7264 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7266 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7270 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7273 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7275 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7277 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7278 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7279 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7282 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7285 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7286 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7287 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7288 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7291 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7292 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7293 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7295 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7296 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7297 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7298 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7299 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7301 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7302 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7303 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7305 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7306 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7307 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7308 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7312 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7314 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7315 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7316 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7320 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7322 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7324 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7326 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7327 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7329 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7330 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7332 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7333 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7336 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7337 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7338 the bar might not be in the window. */
7339 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7341 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7342 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7343 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7347 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7348 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7349 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7350 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7351 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7354 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7355 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7356 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7357 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7358 that the glyph is legible. */
7359 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7360 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7362 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7363 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7366 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7369 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7370 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7373 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7375 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7378 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7379 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7381 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7383 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7384 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7385 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7386 width
, row
->height
);
7390 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7393 width
= row
->height
;
7395 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7397 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7398 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7400 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7401 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7402 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7403 row
->height
- width
),
7404 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7407 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7412 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7415 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7419 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7420 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7421 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7422 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7426 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7429 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7431 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7433 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7434 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7438 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7441 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7443 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7445 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7448 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7452 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7453 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7455 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7456 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7458 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7459 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7462 switch (cursor_type
)
7464 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7465 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7468 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7469 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7473 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7477 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7481 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7489 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7490 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7491 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7496 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7503 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7506 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7512 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7515 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7516 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7517 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7518 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7523 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7524 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7525 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7527 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7528 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7529 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7533 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7534 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7540 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7541 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7544 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7546 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7548 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7552 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7555 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7556 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7560 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7561 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7565 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7566 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7567 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7568 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7569 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7571 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7574 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7575 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7581 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7582 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7585 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7589 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7594 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7595 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7597 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7598 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7601 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7602 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7603 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7604 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7609 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7611 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7612 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7614 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7615 be called from a signal handler.
7618 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7619 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7621 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7623 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7625 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7626 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7627 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7630 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7634 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7635 x_error_message
->string
,
7636 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7639 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7640 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7643 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7644 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7645 stored in *x_error_message.
7647 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7648 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7650 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7652 void x_check_errors ();
7655 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7658 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7660 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7664 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7665 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7666 x_error_message
= data
;
7669 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7670 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7675 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7679 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7680 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7681 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7682 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7684 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7685 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7690 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7691 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7692 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7695 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7699 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7702 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7704 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7705 bcopy (x_error_message
->string
, string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7706 x_uncatch_errors ();
7707 error (format
, string
);
7711 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7712 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7715 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7718 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7721 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7724 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7727 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7730 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7733 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7734 * idea. --lorentey */
7735 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7738 x_fully_uncatch_errors ()
7740 while (x_error_message
)
7741 x_uncatch_errors ();
7745 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7748 x_catching_errors ()
7750 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7754 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7757 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7762 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7763 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7764 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7765 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7766 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7769 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7770 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7773 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7774 must reestablish each time */
7775 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7780 /************************************************************************
7782 ************************************************************************/
7784 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7786 static char *error_msg
;
7788 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7789 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7790 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7793 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7795 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7799 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7800 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7803 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7805 char *error_message
;
7807 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7808 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7809 int index
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7811 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7812 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7813 handling_signal
= 0;
7815 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7816 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7817 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7818 the original message here. */
7819 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7821 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7822 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7826 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7828 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7829 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7832 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7833 that are on the dead display. */
7834 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7836 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7838 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7839 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7840 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7841 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7842 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7843 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7846 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7847 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7848 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7849 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7850 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7851 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7853 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7854 trying to find a replacement. */
7855 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7856 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7859 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7860 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7861 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7863 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7864 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7865 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7867 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7868 in the first call to make-frame-on-display.
7870 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7871 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7872 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to circumvent it here. */
7876 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7877 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7878 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7880 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7881 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7882 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7883 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7888 /* Due to bugs in some Gtk+ versions, just exit here if this
7889 is the last display/terminal. */
7890 if (terminal_list
->next_terminal
== NULL
)
7892 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7893 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7896 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7899 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7900 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7902 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7903 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7904 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7905 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7910 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7911 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7915 x_uncatch_errors ();
7917 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7919 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7920 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7924 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7926 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7928 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7929 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7931 unbind_to (index
, Qnil
);
7932 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7933 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7934 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7935 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7936 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7939 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7940 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7941 static void x_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*, XErrorEvent
*));
7943 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7944 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7947 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7951 if (x_error_message
)
7952 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7954 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7958 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7959 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7960 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7962 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7964 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
7965 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
7970 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
7976 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7977 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7979 static void NO_INLINE
7980 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7984 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7986 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7987 or colors that are not defined. */
7989 if (error
->error_code
== BadName
)
7992 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7993 original error handler. */
7995 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7996 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7997 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7998 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
8002 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
8003 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
8004 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
8007 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
8012 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
8013 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
8017 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
8019 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
8020 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
8021 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
8025 x_new_font (f
, font_object
, fontset
)
8027 Lisp_Object font_object
;
8030 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
8033 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
8034 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
8035 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
8036 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
8040 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
8041 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
8042 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
8043 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
8044 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
8046 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
8048 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
8049 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
8051 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8052 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
8053 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
8057 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8058 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
8061 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
8063 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
8064 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
8065 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
8066 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8067 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
8072 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
8075 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8084 /***********************************************************************
8086 ***********************************************************************/
8092 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8093 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8094 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8097 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
8099 XPointer client_data
;
8102 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8103 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8107 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8108 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8110 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8111 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8113 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8114 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8118 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8119 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8120 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8124 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8127 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8128 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8131 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8132 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8135 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8136 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8137 char *resource_name
;
8145 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8146 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8153 XIMCallback destroy
;
8156 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8157 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8160 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8161 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8162 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8168 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8169 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8173 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8175 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8176 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8177 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8178 when the callback was registered. */
8181 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8183 XPointer client_data
;
8186 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8187 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8189 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8193 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8195 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8196 as they have no XIC. */
8197 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8199 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8202 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8204 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8207 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8208 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8210 create_frame_xic (f
);
8211 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8212 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8213 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8215 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8216 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8225 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8228 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8229 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8230 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8231 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8234 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8235 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8236 char *resource_name
;
8238 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8242 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8243 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8246 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8247 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8248 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8249 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8250 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8251 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8252 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8253 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8254 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8255 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8256 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8257 least, hence the configure test. */
8258 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8259 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8260 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8261 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8263 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8267 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8270 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8271 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8276 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8277 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8278 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8280 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8281 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8282 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8283 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8284 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8285 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8286 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8287 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8289 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8292 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8296 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8297 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8300 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8303 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8305 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8306 is already for the top-left corner. */
8307 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8310 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8311 position that fits on the screen. */
8312 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8313 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8314 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8317 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8319 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8320 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8321 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8323 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8324 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8325 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8326 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8329 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8330 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8332 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8335 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8336 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8337 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8340 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8341 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8342 so the flags should correspond. */
8343 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8346 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8347 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8348 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8349 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8350 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8353 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8355 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8358 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8360 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8362 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8363 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8367 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8369 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8371 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8372 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8374 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8377 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8379 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8380 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8382 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8384 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8385 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8386 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8387 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8388 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8391 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8392 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8394 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8395 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8398 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8399 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8400 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8401 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8404 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8405 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8406 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8408 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8409 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8410 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8411 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8412 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8413 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8418 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8419 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8420 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8421 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8422 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8425 wm_supports (f
, atomname
)
8427 const char *atomname
;
8430 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8431 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8433 Window wmcheck_window
;
8434 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8435 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8436 long max_len
= 65536;
8437 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8438 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8439 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8444 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", False
);
8446 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8447 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8448 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8449 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8450 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8452 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8454 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8455 x_uncatch_errors ();
8460 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8463 /* Check if window exists. */
8464 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8466 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8468 x_uncatch_errors ();
8473 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8475 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8476 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8477 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8478 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8479 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8480 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8482 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8483 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTED", False
);
8485 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8486 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8487 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8488 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8490 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8492 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8493 x_uncatch_errors ();
8498 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8499 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8500 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8504 want_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, atomname
, False
);
8506 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8507 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8509 x_uncatch_errors ();
8516 set_wm_state (frame
, add
, what
, what2
)
8522 const char *atom
= "_NET_WM_STATE";
8523 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8524 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8526 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8528 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8530 (make_unibyte_string (what
, strlen (what
)),
8532 ? Fcons (make_unibyte_string (what2
, strlen (what2
)),
8538 x_set_sticky (f
, new_value
, old_value
)
8540 Lisp_Object new_value
, old_value
;
8544 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8545 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8546 "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", NULL
);
8549 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8552 do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
)
8555 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE");
8557 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8558 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8560 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN");
8565 const char *fs
= "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN";
8566 const char *fw
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ";
8567 const char *fh
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT";
8569 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8571 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fs
, NULL
);
8572 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fh
, NULL
);
8573 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fw
, NULL
);
8575 /* If there are _NET_ atoms we assume we have extended window manager
8577 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8579 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8580 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fs
, NULL
);
8582 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8583 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fw
, NULL
);
8585 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8586 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fh
, NULL
);
8588 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8589 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fw
, fh
);
8593 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8597 return have_net_atom
;
8601 XTfullscreen_hook (f
)
8604 if (f
->async_visible
)
8607 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8615 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, event
)
8617 XPropertyEvent
*event
;
8620 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8621 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8622 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8623 long max_len
= 65536;
8624 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8625 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8626 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8631 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8632 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, event
->window
,
8633 event
->atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8634 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8635 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8637 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8639 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8640 x_uncatch_errors ();
8645 x_uncatch_errors ();
8647 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8649 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8650 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8652 if (value
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8653 value
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8655 value
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8657 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8659 if (value
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8660 value
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8662 value
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8664 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen_atom
)
8665 value
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8666 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8673 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8676 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8679 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8682 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8687 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8688 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8690 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8694 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8695 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8697 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8700 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8703 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8704 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8706 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8708 int width
= FRAME_COLS (f
), height
= FRAME_LINES (f
);
8709 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8711 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8713 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8714 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8715 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8716 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8717 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8719 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8720 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8722 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8723 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8726 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8728 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8729 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8730 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8735 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8736 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8737 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8738 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8739 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8740 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8741 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8744 x_check_expected_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
)
8749 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8751 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8752 window manager window around the frame. */
8754 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8756 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8758 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8763 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8764 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8765 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8767 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8769 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8770 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8772 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8773 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8775 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8778 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8779 frame's position. */
8781 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8785 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8786 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8787 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8788 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8789 of an exact comparison. */
8792 x_sync_with_move (f
, left
, top
, fuzzy
)
8794 int left
, top
, fuzzy
;
8798 while (count
++ < 50)
8800 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8802 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8803 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8806 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8807 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8811 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8814 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8815 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8818 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8822 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8823 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8825 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8829 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8831 x_wait_for_event (f
, eventtype
)
8835 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8838 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8839 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8841 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8842 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8844 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticable.
8845 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8846 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (tmo
, 0, 100000);
8847 EMACS_GET_TIME (tmo_at
);
8848 EMACS_ADD_TIME (tmo_at
, tmo_at
, tmo
);
8850 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8852 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
8853 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
8854 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8856 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8861 EMACS_GET_TIME (time_now
);
8862 EMACS_SUB_TIME (tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
);
8864 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (tmo
) || select (fd
+1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
) == 0)
8865 break; /* Timeout */
8867 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8868 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8872 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8873 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8874 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8875 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8878 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8883 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8885 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8886 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8887 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8889 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8890 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8891 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8893 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8895 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8896 + 2*f
->border_width
;
8897 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8898 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
)
8899 + 2*f
->border_width
;
8901 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8902 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8903 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8904 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8907 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8908 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8909 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8910 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8911 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8913 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8914 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8915 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8916 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8918 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8919 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8920 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8921 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8922 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8924 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8927 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8928 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8929 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8930 if (f
->async_visible
)
8931 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8934 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8935 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8936 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8942 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8943 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8944 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8945 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8948 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8955 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8959 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8960 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8961 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8962 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8963 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8964 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8965 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8966 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8967 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8968 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8970 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8972 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8973 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8974 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8975 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8976 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8977 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8978 fprintf (stderr
, "1: old %d/%d, new %d/%d\n", rows
, cols
, r
, c
);
8979 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8983 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8984 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8986 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8987 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8989 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8991 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8993 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8994 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8996 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8997 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8998 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8999 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
9000 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
9005 /* Mouse warping. */
9008 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
9014 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
9015 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
9017 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
9018 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9020 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
9021 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9025 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9026 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
9030 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
9033 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
9039 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9040 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
9044 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
9047 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
9051 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
9052 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
9053 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
9054 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9055 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
9064 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
9065 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
9066 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
9067 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
9071 /* Raise frame F. */
9078 if (f
->async_visible
)
9079 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9081 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9085 /* Lower frame F. */
9091 if (f
->async_visible
)
9094 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9095 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9100 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
9103 x_ewmh_activate_frame (f
)
9106 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
9107 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
9109 const char *atom
= "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW";
9110 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, atom
))
9113 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9114 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
9115 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
9117 Fcons (make_number (1),
9118 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
9124 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
9134 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9137 xembed_set_info (f
, flags
)
9139 enum xembed_info flags
;
9142 unsigned long data
[2];
9144 atom
= XInternAtom (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), "_XEMBED_INFO", False
);
9146 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9149 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), atom
, atom
,
9150 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9154 xembed_send_message (f
, time
, message
, detail
, data1
, data2
)
9157 enum xembed_message message
;
9164 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9165 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9166 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9167 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9168 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = time
;
9169 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = message
;
9170 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9171 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9172 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9174 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9175 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9176 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9179 /* Change of visibility. */
9181 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9182 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9183 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9184 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9185 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9186 finishes with it. */
9189 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
9193 int original_top
, original_left
;
9194 int retry_count
= 2;
9200 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9202 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9204 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9206 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9207 call x_set_offset a second time
9208 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9209 before the window gets really visible. */
9210 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9211 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9212 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9213 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9215 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9217 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9218 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9219 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9220 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9221 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9224 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9225 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9227 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9229 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9230 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9232 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9233 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9235 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9236 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9237 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9240 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9242 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9243 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9244 so that incoming events are handled. */
9248 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9249 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9250 will set it when they are handled. */
9251 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9253 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9254 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9256 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9259 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9261 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9262 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9263 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9264 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9266 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9267 because the window manager may choose the position
9268 and we don't want to override it. */
9270 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9271 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9272 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9273 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9274 && previously_visible
)
9278 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9282 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9283 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9284 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9285 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9286 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9287 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9288 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9289 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9290 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9292 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9293 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9294 original_left
, original_top
);
9299 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9301 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9302 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9303 MapNotify at all.. */
9304 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9305 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9307 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9310 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9311 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9312 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9313 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9314 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9316 if (input_polling_used ())
9318 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9319 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9320 handler reset it. */
9321 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
9322 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9323 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9324 poll_for_input_1 ();
9325 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9328 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9329 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9334 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9338 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9339 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9340 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9341 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9343 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
9348 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9350 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9353 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
9358 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9359 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9361 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9362 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9363 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9367 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9368 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9369 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9370 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9371 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9372 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9375 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9376 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9379 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9380 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9385 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9386 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9388 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9389 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9393 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9394 just by the event that we get from the server.
9395 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9396 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9397 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9399 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9400 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9401 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9408 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9417 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9418 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9419 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9421 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9426 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9428 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9430 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9433 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9435 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9436 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9438 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9441 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9442 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9448 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9450 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9452 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9453 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9454 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9455 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9456 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9457 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9458 so we have to record it here. */
9461 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9462 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9467 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9468 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9469 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9473 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9475 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9476 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9480 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9482 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9484 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9485 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9486 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9487 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9488 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9489 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9491 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9492 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9494 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9495 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9499 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9500 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9501 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9502 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9503 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9505 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9506 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9508 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9511 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9512 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9516 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9518 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9520 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9522 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9523 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9526 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9527 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9529 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9531 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9535 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9538 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9541 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9543 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9547 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9548 commands to the X server. */
9549 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9551 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9552 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9554 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9555 free_frame_faces (f
);
9557 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9558 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9560 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9561 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9562 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9563 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9564 toolkit scroll bars. */
9565 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9567 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9568 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9577 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9578 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9580 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9581 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9583 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9584 we are using a toolkit. */
9585 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9586 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9588 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9589 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9592 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9593 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9594 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9596 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9597 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9598 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9600 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9602 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9603 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9604 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9606 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9607 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9608 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9609 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9610 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9611 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9613 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9614 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9615 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9616 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9617 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9618 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9619 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9620 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9621 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9622 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9623 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9624 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9625 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9626 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9627 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9630 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9633 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9634 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9635 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9637 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9638 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9639 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9640 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9641 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9642 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9644 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9646 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9647 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9648 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9649 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9650 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9651 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9652 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9659 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9662 x_destroy_window (f
)
9665 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9667 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9668 commands to the X server. */
9669 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9670 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9672 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9676 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9678 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9679 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9680 that the window now has.
9681 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9682 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9683 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9687 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9692 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9693 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9695 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9696 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9698 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9699 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9701 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9702 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9704 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9705 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9706 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9707 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9708 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9709 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9711 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9713 int base_width
, base_height
;
9714 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9716 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9717 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9719 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9721 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9722 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9723 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9724 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9725 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9727 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9728 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9729 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9731 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9732 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9733 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9734 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9735 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9738 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9741 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9746 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9747 long supplied_return
;
9750 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9754 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9759 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9760 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9761 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9762 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9763 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9764 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9765 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9766 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9773 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9774 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9778 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9779 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9781 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9783 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9785 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9787 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9790 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9794 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9797 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9798 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9799 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9800 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9802 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9803 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9805 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9806 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9810 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9814 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9816 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9817 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9822 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9823 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9824 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9825 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9829 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9837 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9841 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9845 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9846 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9847 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9848 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9851 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9853 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9854 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9856 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9860 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9864 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9866 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9867 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9868 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9870 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9874 /***********************************************************************
9876 ***********************************************************************/
9880 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9884 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9890 xassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9891 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9892 xassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9895 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9898 /***********************************************************************
9900 ***********************************************************************/
9902 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9903 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9904 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9905 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9907 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9908 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9909 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9911 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9912 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9913 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9914 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9915 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9916 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9917 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9920 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9922 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9924 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9926 static int x_initialized
;
9929 static int x_session_initialized
;
9932 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9933 the screen number from the server number. */
9935 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
9936 const char *name1
, *name2
;
9939 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9940 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
9941 int length_until_period
= 0;
9943 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9944 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9945 length_until_period
++;
9947 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9948 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9950 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9952 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9953 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9954 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9955 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9956 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9957 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9958 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9959 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9960 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9961 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9962 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9963 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9964 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9965 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9967 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9971 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9975 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9976 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9979 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9980 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9983 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10007 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
10008 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
10011 x_display_ok (display
)
10012 const char *display
;
10017 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
10019 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
10027 my_log_handler (log_domain
, log_level
, message
, user_data
)
10028 const gchar
*log_domain
;
10029 GLogLevelFlags log_level
;
10030 const gchar
*message
;
10031 gpointer user_data
;
10033 if (!strstr (message
, "g_set_prgname"))
10034 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, message
);
10038 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
10039 the structure that describes the open display.
10040 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
10042 struct x_display_info
*
10043 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10044 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10046 char *resource_name
;
10050 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10051 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10056 if (!x_initialized
)
10062 if (! x_display_ok (SDATA (display_name
)))
10063 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SDATA (display_name
));
10067 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10069 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10070 char **argv2
= argv
;
10073 #ifndef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
10074 if (!EQ (Vinitial_window_system
, Qx
))
10075 error ("Sorry, you cannot connect to X servers with the GTK toolkit");
10078 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10080 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
10081 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10082 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10083 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10084 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10086 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10090 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10094 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10096 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10098 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10099 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10102 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10103 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10105 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10107 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
10108 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
10109 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
10110 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
10111 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10112 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
10114 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10118 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10120 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10121 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10123 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10125 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10126 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10128 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10129 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10131 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10132 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10135 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10136 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10139 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10140 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10141 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10143 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10144 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10145 So let's not use it until R6. */
10146 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10147 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10158 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10159 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10161 turn_on_atimers (0);
10162 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10163 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10164 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10166 turn_on_atimers (1);
10168 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10169 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10174 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10175 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10176 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10177 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10178 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10180 /* Detect failure. */
10187 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10189 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10190 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10192 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10195 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10198 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10199 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10200 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10201 SDATA (display_name
)))
10204 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10207 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10208 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10209 terminal
->kboard
->Vwindow_system
= Qx
;
10210 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10212 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10213 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal */
10214 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10216 terminal
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10217 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10218 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
10220 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10221 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10224 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10225 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10226 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10227 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10228 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10229 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10230 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10232 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10235 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10236 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10237 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10239 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10240 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10241 x_display_name_list
);
10242 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10244 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10246 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10247 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10248 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10249 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10252 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10256 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10257 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10259 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10260 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10262 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10263 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10265 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10267 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10268 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10269 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10271 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10272 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10274 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10275 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10276 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10277 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10279 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10281 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10283 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10285 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10286 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10287 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10288 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10289 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10290 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10291 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10292 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10293 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10294 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10295 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10296 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10297 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10298 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10299 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10300 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10301 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10302 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10303 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10304 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10305 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10306 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10307 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10308 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10309 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10310 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10311 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10312 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10314 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10315 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10316 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10318 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10320 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10321 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10322 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10323 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10324 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10325 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10328 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10329 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10331 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10334 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10335 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10336 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10338 if (STRINGP (value
)
10339 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10340 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10341 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10345 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10346 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10350 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10351 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10352 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10353 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10354 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10356 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10358 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10359 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10363 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10365 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10366 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10367 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10368 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10369 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10370 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10371 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10372 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10373 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10376 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10377 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10378 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10379 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10380 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10381 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10382 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10383 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10384 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10385 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10386 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10387 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10388 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10389 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10390 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10391 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10392 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10393 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10394 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10395 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10396 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10397 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10398 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10399 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10400 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10401 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10402 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10403 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10404 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10405 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10406 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10407 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10408 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10409 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10410 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10411 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10412 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10413 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10414 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10415 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10416 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10417 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10418 /* For properties of font. */
10419 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10420 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10421 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10422 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10423 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10424 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10425 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10426 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10427 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10428 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10430 /* Ghostscript support. */
10431 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10432 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10434 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10437 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_XEMBED",
10440 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
10441 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE", False
);
10442 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen_atom
10443 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", False
);
10444 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
10445 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ", False
);
10446 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
10447 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT", False
);
10448 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
10449 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", False
);
10450 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
10451 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", False
);
10452 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
10453 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP", False
);
10455 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10457 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10458 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10459 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10460 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10462 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10463 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10464 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10466 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10467 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10470 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10471 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10473 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10475 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10476 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10480 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10483 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10485 #ifdef subprocesses
10486 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10487 if (connection
!= 0)
10488 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10492 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10493 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10496 if (interrupt_input
)
10497 init_sigio (connection
);
10498 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10502 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10503 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10506 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10507 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10508 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10509 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10510 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10511 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10512 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10513 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10515 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10516 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10517 x_uncatch_errors ();
10521 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10522 for debugging X code. */
10525 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10526 build_string ("synchronous"),
10527 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10529 if (STRINGP (value
)
10530 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10531 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10532 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10537 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10538 build_string ("useXIM"),
10539 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10542 if (STRINGP (value
)
10543 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "false")
10544 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "off")))
10547 if (STRINGP (value
)
10548 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10549 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10555 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10556 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10558 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10559 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10567 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10568 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10571 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10572 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10575 struct terminal
*t
;
10577 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10579 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10580 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10583 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10584 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10587 delete_terminal (t
);
10591 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10593 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10594 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10595 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10596 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10597 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10602 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10603 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10605 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10607 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10610 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10614 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10615 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10617 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10618 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10621 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10623 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10624 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10625 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10628 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10629 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10630 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10634 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10636 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10637 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10638 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10639 that slows us down. */
10642 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10643 struct atimer
*timer
;
10646 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10647 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10649 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10650 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10651 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10652 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10657 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10658 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10659 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10660 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10661 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10662 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10663 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10666 x_activate_timeout_atimer ()
10669 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10671 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10673 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10674 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10675 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10680 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10683 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10685 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10687 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10689 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10693 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10695 x_after_update_window_line
,
10696 x_update_window_begin
,
10697 x_update_window_end
,
10703 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10705 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10706 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10707 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10708 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10709 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10710 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10711 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10712 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10713 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10714 x_clear_frame_area
,
10715 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10716 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10717 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10721 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10723 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10725 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10728 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10729 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10730 if (!terminal
->name
)
10735 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10738 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10741 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10742 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10743 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10745 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10746 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10748 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10749 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10750 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10751 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10753 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10754 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10755 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10756 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10757 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10758 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10759 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10760 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10761 leaks in other situations. */
10763 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10764 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10766 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10768 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10769 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10770 closing all the displays. */
10771 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10775 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10777 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10778 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10780 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10782 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10785 /* Mark as dead. */
10786 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10787 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10791 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10792 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10794 static struct terminal
*
10795 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10797 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10799 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10801 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10802 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10803 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10805 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10807 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10808 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10809 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10810 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10811 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10812 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10813 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10814 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10815 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10816 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10817 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10818 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10819 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10820 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10821 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10822 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10823 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10824 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10825 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10826 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10828 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10829 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10831 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10832 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10833 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10834 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10835 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10836 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10848 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10849 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10850 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10852 x_session_initialized
= 0;
10856 current_count
= -1;
10859 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10860 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10862 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10863 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10865 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10867 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10868 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10869 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10870 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10871 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10872 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10873 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10875 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10878 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10880 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10881 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10885 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10886 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10887 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10889 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10890 original error handler. */
10891 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10892 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10894 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10896 xgselect_initialize ();
10903 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10905 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10906 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10908 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10909 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10911 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10912 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern_c_string ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10914 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10915 Qlatin_1
= intern_c_string ("latin-1");
10917 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10918 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10921 xg_default_icon_file
= make_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10922 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10924 Qx_gtk_map_stock
= intern_c_string ("x-gtk-map-stock");
10925 staticpro (&Qx_gtk_map_stock
);
10928 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10929 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10930 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10931 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10932 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10933 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10934 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10936 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10938 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10939 &x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10940 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10941 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10942 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10943 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10944 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10946 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10947 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10948 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10949 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10950 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10951 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10952 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10953 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10954 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10956 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10957 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10958 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10959 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
10960 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10962 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10963 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10964 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10966 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10968 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10971 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10974 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10975 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10977 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10978 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10979 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10980 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10981 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10982 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10983 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10984 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10985 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10987 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10988 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10989 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10990 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10991 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10992 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10994 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10995 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10996 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10997 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10998 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10999 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
11001 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
11002 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
11003 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11004 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
11005 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
11006 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
11008 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
11009 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
11010 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11011 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
11012 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
11013 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
11015 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
11016 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
11017 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
11018 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
11019 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
11023 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
11025 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
11026 (do not change this comment) */